<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/skins/common/feed.css?207"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php?feed=atom&amp;target=Noelia&amp;title=Special%3AContributions</id>
		<title>PatioWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php?feed=atom&amp;target=Noelia&amp;title=Special%3AContributions"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Special:Contributions/Noelia"/>
		<updated>2026-06-25T18:33:10Z</updated>
		<subtitle>From PatioWiki</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.15.2</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar"/>
				<updated>2011-09-20T08:39:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Main Page | Main Page&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** currentevents-url|currentevents&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aplications&lt;br /&gt;
** Aprendo | Aprendo&lt;br /&gt;
** Edito | Edito&lt;br /&gt;
** Escribo | Escribo&lt;br /&gt;
** Leo | Leo&lt;br /&gt;
** LogProcessor | LogProcessor&lt;br /&gt;
** Tareas | Tareas&lt;br /&gt;
** Trazo | Trazo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
** TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2011-09-20T08:38:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Patio's applications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aprendo | Aprendo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Edito | Edito]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Escribo | Escribo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Leo | Leo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trazo | Trazo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tareas| Tareas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[LogProcessor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tutorials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Página_Principal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Daniel_H%C3%A9ctor_Stolfi_Rosso</id>
		<title>User talk:Daniel Héctor Stolfi Rosso</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Daniel_H%C3%A9ctor_Stolfi_Rosso"/>
				<updated>2011-09-20T06:59:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;Welcome!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Welcome to ''PatioWiki''!'''&lt;br /&gt;
We hope you will contribute much and well.&lt;br /&gt;
You will probably want to read the [[Help:Contents|help pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Noelia|Noelia]] 06:59, 20 September 2011 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Daniel_H%C3%A9ctor_Stolfi_Rosso</id>
		<title>User:Daniel Héctor Stolfi Rosso</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Daniel_H%C3%A9ctor_Stolfi_Rosso"/>
				<updated>2011-09-20T06:59:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;Creating user page with biography of new user.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Daniel Héctor Stolfi Rosso es Ingeniero Informático por la Universidad de Málaga (2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para el proyecto PATIO ha trabajado en el desarrollo de la aplicación EDITO mediante la cual se realiza el mantenimiento de los datos referentes a los conceptos, los recursos multimedia y los alumnos. Sobre estos datos se apoyan el resto de los módulos así como el modelado del alumno. Actualmente se encuentra desarrollando el módulo de procesado de logs para analizar los resultados obtenidos de los experimentos realizados.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar"/>
				<updated>2011-09-16T14:25:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Main Page | Main Page&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** currentevents-url|currentevents&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aplications&lt;br /&gt;
** Aprendo | Aprendo&lt;br /&gt;
** Edito | Edito&lt;br /&gt;
** Escribo | Escribo&lt;br /&gt;
** Leo | Leo&lt;br /&gt;
** LogProcessor | LogProcessor&lt;br /&gt;
** Trazo | Trazo&lt;br /&gt;
** Taskware | Taskware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
** TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2011-09-14T09:03:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Patio's aplications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aprendo | Aprendo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Edito | Edito]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Escribo | Escribo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Leo | Leo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trazo | Trazo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Taskware | Taskware]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplications | Patio's aplications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tutorials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Página_Principal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2011-09-14T09:02:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Patio's aplications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aprendo | Aprendo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Edito | Edito]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Escribo | Escribo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Leo | Leo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trazo | Trazo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Taskware | Taskware]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplications | Patio's aplications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tutorials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Página_Principal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar"/>
				<updated>2011-09-13T14:26:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Main Page | Main Page&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** currentevents-url|currentevents&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aplications&lt;br /&gt;
** Aprendo | Aprendo&lt;br /&gt;
** Edito | Edito&lt;br /&gt;
** Escribo | Escribo&lt;br /&gt;
** Leo | Leo&lt;br /&gt;
** Trazo | Trazo&lt;br /&gt;
** Taskware | Taskware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
** TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/MediaWiki:Sidebar"/>
				<updated>2011-09-13T12:50:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Main Page | Main Page&lt;br /&gt;
** recentchanges-url|recentchanges&lt;br /&gt;
** currentevents-url|currentevents&lt;br /&gt;
** helppage|help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aplications&lt;br /&gt;
** Aprendo | Aprendo&lt;br /&gt;
** Edito | Edito&lt;br /&gt;
** Escribo | Escribo&lt;br /&gt;
** Leo | Leo&lt;br /&gt;
** Trazo | Trazo&lt;br /&gt;
** Taskware | Taskware&lt;br /&gt;
** Category:Aplicaciones | Glosario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
*** TortoiseCVS | TortoiseCVS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Javier_Garcia-Herreros_Castillero</id>
		<title>User talk:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Javier_Garcia-Herreros_Castillero"/>
				<updated>2011-09-12T08:18:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved User talk:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero to User talk:Javigh:&amp;amp;#32;Automatically moved page while renaming the user &amp;quot;Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Javigh&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[User talk:Javigh]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Javigh</id>
		<title>User talk:Javigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User_talk:Javigh"/>
				<updated>2011-09-12T08:18:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved User talk:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero to User talk:Javigh:&amp;amp;#32;Automatically moved page while renaming the user &amp;quot;Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Javigh&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Welcome to ''PatioWiki''!'''&lt;br /&gt;
We hope you will contribute much and well.&lt;br /&gt;
You will probably want to read the [[Help:Contents|help pages]].&lt;br /&gt;
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Admin|Admin]] 10:36, 5 April 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Javier_Garcia-Herreros_Castillero</id>
		<title>User:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Javier_Garcia-Herreros_Castillero"/>
				<updated>2011-09-12T08:18:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved User:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero to User:Javigh:&amp;amp;#32;Automatically moved page while renaming the user &amp;quot;Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Javigh&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[User:Javigh]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Javigh</id>
		<title>User:Javigh</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/User:Javigh"/>
				<updated>2011-09-12T08:18:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved User:Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero to User:Javigh:&amp;amp;#32;Automatically moved page while renaming the user &amp;quot;Javier Garcia-Herreros Castillero&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Javigh&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Javier García-Herreros es Ingeniero Informático por la Universidad de Málaga (2008) y estudiante de doctorado, realizando el &amp;quot;Máster en Ingeniería del Software e Inteligencia Artificial&amp;quot; en el Departamento de Lenguajes y Ciencias de la Computación de la misma Universidad, en la que disfruta de una beca de investigación.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actualmente trabaja en el proyecto PATIO y el proyecto TIADA en el que realiza tareas de modelización y representación para modelado de usuario y evaluación automática del conocimiento, para las aplicaciones de PATIO y tambien para el sistema SIETTE. Sus areas de interés son: Modelado de Usuario, Eavaluación Automática, Representación del Conocimiento y Computación ubicua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para el proyecto PATIO ha implementado el programa ESCRIBO para tareas de escritura diferenciada para niños de 5 años. También está trabajando en el modelado de usuario de varias de las aplicaciones que se están desarrollando&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Ordenar_Frase_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Ordenar Frase exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Ordenar_Frase_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:20:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below there is a window with options that you need  to complete in order to create a new exercise of the type ''Ordenar Frase''.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Ordenar Frase//&lt;br /&gt;
The options that you have to specify are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Phrase''': in this field, you should write the sentence with which you want to work. A phrase can be composed of maximum 5 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': you have to choose the image that will be displayed in the center of the window to help pupils understand the meaning of the phrase which they have to order.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Nube de Letras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:19:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window with which you specify exercise options &amp;quot;Nube de Letras&amp;quot; looks like is shown below:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Nube de Letras//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Target letter / Times''': this option allows you to specify which letter of the alphabet will be the target for the pupil and how many times it will appear in the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Add letters/ Times''': you choose which and how many letters will appear in the cloud. Keep in mind that, at most, the cloud can have 20 letters.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Nube de Letras]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escuchar exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:19:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the next image you can see a window which is necessary to create a new exercise of the type ''Escuchar'':&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escuchar//&lt;br /&gt;
The options that you have to specify are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': with these words you specify the images and words that are displayed during execution of the exercise. You must choose at least 7 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Escuchar]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escribir exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:19:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window which displays the properties of an exercise that you wish to create looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escribir//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Letter''': with this option you can specify which letter of the alphabet the pupil will work with during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': this option allows you to choose the dotted letter template; the pupil will write over it during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Escribir]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Encadenar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:19:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The options of the new exercise go as follow:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Encadenar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you select the words with which the pupil will work during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Emparejar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:18:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The parameters that you have to specify are the following:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Emparejar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you have to select a set of words which the pupil will have to match with corresponding images.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Construye Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:18:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the following window you can specify the characteristics of the new exercise that you want to create. It looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de la actividad Contruye Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
Next, we explain each of the options to be completed:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': here you choose which words the pupil will have to form during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Crear ejercicio Construye Palabras]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Comprensi%C3%B3n_de_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Comprensi%C3%B3n_de_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:17:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here is a window showing features which must be specified when creating a new exercise of the type ''Comprensión de palabras''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana de creacion de la actividad Comprension de Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
The features are divided into two groups depending on the purpose of the activity (learning or evaluation).&lt;br /&gt;
# '''General parameters'''. These parameters are common to both working modes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The features are:&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Name of the activity.'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Letters''': these options allow you to choose the letters of the alphabet which will later be used to build words during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Evaluation mode parameters'''. The option specified here is only valid if the exercise is performed in evaluation mode.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; The option to specify is:&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Number of words''': in this field you specify how many different words the pupil has to build when he/she performs this exercise in evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Crear ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Ordenar_Frase_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Ordenar Frase exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Ordenar_Frase_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:15:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;Created page with 'Below there is a window with options that you need  to complete in order to create a new exercise of the type ''Ordenar Frase''.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;  //Captura de la ventana para crear u…'&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below there is a window with options that you need  to complete in order to create a new exercise of the type ''Ordenar Frase''.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Ordenar Frase//&lt;br /&gt;
The options that you have to specify are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Phrase''': in this field, you should write the sentence with which you want to work. A phrase can be composed of maximum 5 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': you have to choose the image that will be displayed in the center of the window to help pupils understand the meaning of the phrase which they have to order.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:07:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Ordenar Frase exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Encadenar Palabras exercise|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escribir exercise|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escuchar exercise|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Nube de Letras exercise|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Ordenar Frase exercise|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:07:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Nube de Letras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Encadenar Palabras exercise|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escribir exercise|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escuchar exercise|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Nube de Letras exercise|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:06:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Escuchar exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Encadenar Palabras exercise|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escribir exercise|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escuchar exercise|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:06:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Escribir exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Encadenar Palabras exercise|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Escribir exercise|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:06:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Encadenar Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Encadenar Palabras exercise|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:05:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Emparejar Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Emparejar Palabras exercise|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:05:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Construye Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Construye Palabras exercise|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Crear_Ordenar_Frase_exercise</id>
		<title>Crear Ordenar Frase exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Crear_Ordenar_Frase_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:03:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase to Crear Ordenar Frase exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below there is a window with options that you need to complete in order to create a new exercise of the type ''Ordenar Frase''.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Ordenar Frase//&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters that you have to specify are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Phrase''': in this field, you should write the sentence with which you want to work. A phrase can be composed of maximum 5 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': you have to choose the image that will be displayed in the center of the window to help pupils understand the meaning of the phrase which they have to order.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Nube de Letras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:02:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras to Create Nube de Letras exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window with which you specify exercise options &amp;quot;Nube de Letras&amp;quot; looks like is shown below:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Nube de Letras//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Target letter / Times''': this option allows you to specify which letter of the alphabet will be the target for the pupil and how many times it will appear in the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Add letters/ Times''': you choose which and how many letters will appear in the cloud. Keep in mind that, at most, the cloud can have 20 letters.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escuchar exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:02:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Escuchar to Create Escuchar exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the next image you can see a window which is necessary to create a new exercise of the type ''Escuchar'':&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escuchar//&lt;br /&gt;
The options that you have to specify are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': with these words you specify the images and words that are displayed during execution of the exercise. You must choose at least 7 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escribir exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:02:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Escribir to Create Escribir exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window which displays the properties of an exercise that you wish to create looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escribir//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Letter''': with this option you can specify which letter of the alphabet the pupil will work with during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': this option allows you to choose the dotted letter template; the pupil will write over it during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Encadenar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:02:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras to Create Encadenar Palabras exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The options of the new exercise go as follow:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Encadenar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you select the words with which the pupil will work during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Emparejar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:01:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras to Create Emparejar Palabras exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The parameters that you have to specify are the following:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Emparejar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you have to select a set of words which the pupil will have to match with corresponding images.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Construye Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:00:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras to Create Construye Palabras exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the following window you can specify the characteristics of the new exercise that you want to create. It looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de la actividad Contruye Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
Next, we explain each of the options to be completed:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': here you choose which words the pupil will have to form during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:00:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T11:00:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:58:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:58:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:57:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:56:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Comprensi%C3%B3n_de_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Comprensi%C3%B3n_de_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:52:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;moved Crear Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras to Create Comprensión de Palabras exercise&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here is a window showing features which must be specified when creating a new exercise of the type ''Comprensión de palabras''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana de creacion de la actividad Comprension de Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
The features are divided into two groups depending on the purpose of the activity (learning or evaluation).&lt;br /&gt;
# '''General parameters'''. These parameters are common to both working modes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The features are:&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Name of the activity.'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Letters''': these options allow you to choose the letters of the alphabet which will later be used to build words during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Evaluation mode parameters'''. The option specified here is only valid if the exercise is performed in evaluation mode.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; The option to specify is:&lt;br /&gt;
#* '''Number of words''': in this field you specify how many different words the pupil has to build when he/she performs this exercise in evaluation mode.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo</id>
		<title>Leo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Leo"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:50:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;/* Create activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LEO is a system that supports and reinforces teaching of reading and writing to preschool children aged 3 - 5 in a multicultural setting. It is based on the phonetic method of ''Letrilandia'' (Usero, 2004).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It allows a teacher to create different types of exercises (letters, syllables, words and phrases) quickly and easily. It has two working modes: learning mode and evaluation mode. In the former mode pupils learn in a group, while in the latter they are tested individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system is equipped with a number of multimedia resources (audio, video, graphics, voice, drawings, blackboards, etc.) and can run in numerous technological media (computer, Tablet-PC or touch screen).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system includes two main roles: teacher and pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Teacher=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows different actions that a teacher can perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Profesor_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configure session options==&lt;br /&gt;
A work session is characterized by the configuration of certain parameters such as class, mode and position of pupils. These parameters must be specified before starting the work session. If not, the system will refuse to work and display a message advising the user to configure the session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access the screen where you can configure session options, you should click on the toolbar above the menu '''Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Sesion_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After that a dialog box will be displayed where you can configure session options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Op_Sesion_LEO.png‎]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are three options to choose from:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Class''': this option will indicate the particular class with which you will work (4A, 4B, 4C, 5A ...). When an exercise has been loaded, you will see a mosaic with photos of the pupils who belong to the selected class.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Mode''': this option allows you to select a mode or scenario. You can select between Single, Group, or All.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Position of students''': this parameter specifies the location of the mosaic with pupils' photos (top or bottom of the screen) which will be displayed during the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create activities==&lt;br /&gt;
To create an exercise you have to go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities&amp;gt;&amp;gt; New activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you specify the type of activity to be created. Note that exercises of the type ''Teclado'', don't need prior specification. That is why this type of activity doesn't appear in the image.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Crear_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting a type of activity, a new window will be displayed where you can specify features of each type of activity. These windows are different from one another depending on the type of exercise you have chosen, however, they have several fields in common. Then, you will be provided with the description of the process of creating each of these exercises.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Create ''Comprensión de Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Create ''Construye Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Create ''Emparejar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Create ''Encadenar Palabras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escribir|Create ''Escribir'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Escuchar|Create ''Escuchar'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Create ''Nube de Letras'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Crear Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Create ''Ordenar Frase'' exercise]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete activities==&lt;br /&gt;
Just like in the previous case, to delete an existing exercise, you should go to the Settings menu of the toolbar and click on the option '''Activities &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Delete activity'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be shown where you can select the type of activity you wish to delete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Borrar_Act_LEO.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting the desired type of exercise, a new window will be displayed.  It will show all the exercises in the system which belong to the type of activity selected in the previous window.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have chosen the name of the exercise you want to delete, but before you  click on the button '''Delete''', there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
An evaluation session is formed by a series of sets of predetermined exercises; such sets can be assigned to the selected pupils. The pupils will be asked to do them individually.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, you should go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; New Session'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Crear_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an evaluation session, it is necessary to perform the following two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Assign''' sets of '''exercises''' to the selected '''pupils'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Establish''', for each pupil, the '''order''' in which '''exercises''' of each set will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigning exercises to pupils===&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the interface necessary to assign exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     //Captura de la ventana del editor de sesiones de evaluacion//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should assign an identifying '''name''' to the session. You also need to specify whether the session is '''active''' or not, that is, if you want the session to be available to the pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has two data filters through which you can work more comfortably and deal only with the information that is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Class''': you should choose the class (4A, 4B...5C) which you want to work with. Once you have selected a class, there will appear a list with photos and names of pupils who belong to that class.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Type of activity''': you can choose the types of activities which you want to work with. When you have chosen the desired types, there will be displayed a list of exercises, which belong to the selected types available in LEO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign exercises to pupils, you just click on the pupils from the list that you have chosen, and then you click on the exercises you want the selected pupils to perform. If you want to assign the same set of exercises to a group of pupils, it is enough to do it only once as the system can assign exercises both to a single pupil and a selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The window has also several information points which summarize the allocation of exercises to pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Pupil information''': next to each pupil there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with a summary of the exercises that have been assigned to the pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''Exercise information''': next to each exercise of the list there is a button which, when clicked on, displays a window with all the pupils who have been assigned this exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
          //captura venetana información alumno//  //captura venetana información ejercicio//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are three control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Sequence'' Button''': when you click on this button, you will be taken to the 2nd step of creating an evaluation session. Sequencing is optional; if you don’t set it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': when you click on this button, the system stores the session that is being created. At the same time, you accept the default order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Establishing order of the exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is optional.  If you don’t take it, the exercises will take the default order that corresponds to the order in which they are assigned to pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can see the screen where you order the exercises:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                      //Captura del secuenciador de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of the screen there are the pupils who have been assigned some exercises. If you click on one of the pupils, a list with the exercises assigned to that pupil will appear on the right side of the screen. The exercises have a default order. By using the arrows on the right margin of the screen, you can specify the desired order of the exercises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at the bottom of the screen there are two control buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Accept'' Button''': if you click on this button, the system will save the session that is being created with the sequence of exercises that has been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
#  '''''Cancel'' Button''': pressing this button cancels the creation of the evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Delete evaluation session==&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an existing evaluation session must go to the menu '''Settings''' in the toolbar and click on the option '''Session Evaluation &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Session Delete'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next, a new window will be displayed with all the evaluation sessions stored in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Borrar_Ses_Eval_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected the name of the evaluation session you want to delete, there will appear several messages asking you to confirm the action you are about to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Select work mode==&lt;br /&gt;
To select the mode you want to work with, you should go to the menu '''Work Mode''' in the toolbar and choose one of two available modes in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BH_Modo_Trabajo_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These two modes are '''Learning Mode''' and '''Evaluation Mode''' which differ in the way the exercises are presented to pupils and work scenarios they bring about.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Learning mode''': this mode allows all pupils from one class to perform the exercises jointly, i.e. a pupil does an exercise in the presence of his/her classmates. Thus all pupils learn at the same time, even though only one pupil does the exercise. To implement this learning mode it is necessary to use a Smart Board, as shown in the image on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Evaluation mode''': it is used to test the knowledge that a pupil has acquired during learning sessions. The ideal work scenario for this mode is where the pupil does the exercises alone, without the presence of any classmates.  A Tablet-PC should be used as support, as shown in the image on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Apren_LEO.jpg|550px|left|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Aprendizaje]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Aula_Modo_Eval_LEO.jpg|520px|center|thumb|Escenario de trabajo en Modo Evaluación]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Learning mode===&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting a learning mode, a new window will be shown where you will choose the group of activities with which you want to work. The groups are distinguished by the linguistic units they deal with (letters, letters-words, syllables-words, words, words-sentences).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu_Grupo_Act_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the choice you have made, the system will offer the possibility of practicing with certain types of activity. The following summary shows available types of activity depending on the selected option.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resumen_Grupo_Act_LEO.png|450px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Evaluation mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If you select this mode, you will navigate through different screens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Home'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Login'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Sessions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
*  '''Exercise Viewer'''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Home====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first screen that appears after selecting the evaluation mode. It looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Incio modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the '''class''' (4A, 4B...5C) with which you wish to work. Once you have chosen the class, click on the '''Accept''' button to go to the login screen. If you click on '''Cancel''', you will leave the evaluation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen will appear again when a pupil has finished his/her evaluation session.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Login====&lt;br /&gt;
Through this screen you can select the pupil who you want to perform the evaluation session.&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    // Captura pantalla Identificación modo evaluacion //&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see, shows photos of each pupil of the class selected in Home. These photos may be displayed in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
* In '''colour''': it means that these pupils have at least one allocated evaluation session. Clicking on any of them, automatically takes you to the next screen: Sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Black and white''': it means that such pupils haven't been assigned any evaluation session. If you click on any of the pupils, the system will offer you an opportunity to create an evaluation session and assign it to the selected pupil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sessions====&lt;br /&gt;
The screen looks as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
       //Captura pantalla sesiones//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all sessions that were assigned to the selected pupils in the previous screen. These sessions appear ordered by date of creation; from newest to oldest. Note also that there is a color code to easily distinguish different states of a session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#008000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil hasn’t done '''any''' of the exercises that constitute the session yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#FFA500&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has done '''some''' of the exercises included in the evaluation session, but the session hasn't been finished. If you select a session in this state, the pupil will continue from the first exercise of the session that has not been done yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#808080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the pupil has completed '''all''' the exercises that make up the session. You cannot start such session.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;: it means that the session '''isn't active''', that is, it isn't available to any pupil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose an evaluation session for the pupil to do, by simply clicking on the arrow next to each session. It will automatically take you to the next screen: Exercise Viewer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise Viewer====&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise Viewer is responsible for presenting each exercise of the selected evaluation session to the pupil. Here is an example of how the viewer shows the exercise in evaluation mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    //Captura visor de ejercicios//&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of each exercise, the arrow in the lower right corner of the screen is enabled. Clicking on this arrow will load next exercise that the pupil has to perform.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On completion of all exercises of the evaluation session, you return to Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pupil=&lt;br /&gt;
The following diagram shows the actions that a pupil can perform in the system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WF_Alumno_LEO.png]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Do exercises==&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we will describe the main components of different types of activities and the purpose of each of them. Depending on the working mode (Learning or Evaluation) in which exercises are performed, the appearance of the interface may vary slightly (some elements disappear). The exercises are described for the learning mode since in this mode each exercise is displayed in its entirety.&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Nube de Letras|Ejercicio Nube de Letras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escribir|Ejercicio Escribir]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras|Ejercicio Comprensión de Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Construye Palabras|Ejercicio Construye Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras|Ejercicio Encadenar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras|Ejercicio Emparejar Palabras]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Escuchar|Ejercicio Escuchar]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
=====[[Ejercicio Ordenar Frase|Ejercicio Ordenar Frase]]=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Aplicaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es: Leo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Crear_Ordenar_Frase_exercise</id>
		<title>Crear Ordenar Frase exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Crear_Ordenar_Frase_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:39:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below there is a window with options that you need to complete in order to create a new exercise of the type ''Ordenar Frase''.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Ordenar Frase//&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters that you have to specify are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Phrase''': in this field, you should write the sentence with which you want to work. A phrase can be composed of maximum 5 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': you have to choose the image that will be displayed in the center of the window to help pupils understand the meaning of the phrase which they have to order.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Nube de Letras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Nube_de_Letras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:33:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window with which you specify exercise options &amp;quot;Nube de Letras&amp;quot; looks like is shown below:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Nube de Letras//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Target letter / Times''': this option allows you to specify which letter of the alphabet will be the target for the pupil and how many times it will appear in the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Add letters/ Times''': you choose which and how many letters will appear in the cloud. Keep in mind that, at most, the cloud can have 20 letters.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escuchar exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escuchar_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:19:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the next image you can see a window which is necessary to create a new exercise of the type ''Escuchar'':&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escuchar//&lt;br /&gt;
The options that you have to specify are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': with these words you specify the images and words that are displayed during execution of the exercise. You must choose at least 7 words.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Escribir exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Escribir_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:15:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The window which displays the properties of an exercise that you wish to create looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Escribir//&lt;br /&gt;
The options to specify are:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Letter''': with this option you can specify which letter of the alphabet the pupil will work with during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Image''': this option allows you to choose the dotted letter template; the pupil will write over it during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Encadenar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Encadenar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:08:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The options of the new exercise go as follow:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Encadenar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you select the words with which the pupil will work during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Emparejar Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Emparejar_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:05:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The parameters that you have to specify are the following:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de Emparejar Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': you have to select a set of words which the pupil will have to match with corresponding images.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise</id>
		<title>Create Construye Palabras exercise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://patio.iaia.lcc.uma.es/patio-wiki-en/index.php/Create_Construye_Palabras_exercise"/>
				<updated>2010-10-15T10:03:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Noelia:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In the following window you can specify the characteristics of the new exercise that you want to create. It looks like this:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 //Captura de la ventana para crear un ejercicio de la actividad Contruye Palabras//&lt;br /&gt;
Next, we explain each of the options to be completed:&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Name of the activity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Writing mode''': depending on which option has been chosen, letters in the exercise are in uppercase or lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Words''': here you choose which words the pupil will have to form during the exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Description''': this field allows you to give a brief description of the exercise you are creating.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Noelia</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>